Keyboard Part Number List

3309 keyboards found/on record (showing page 2/14 - results 251 to 500)...

Page 1Page 3Page 4Page 5Page 6Page 7Page 8Page 9Page 10Page 11Page 12Page 13Page 14

IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Proof Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1643164
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3741/3742 Data Entry Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1976 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
61
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Latin America
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0586-2) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Proof Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1643169
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3741/3742 Data Entry Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1976 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
63
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Katakana
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0586-2) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Proof Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1643174
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3741/3742 Data Entry Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1976 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
61
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
France AZERTY
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0586-2) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Proof Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1748181
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3741/3742 Data Entry Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1976 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
61
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Portugal
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0586-2) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Data Entry Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1748182
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3741/3742 Data Entry Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1976 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
61
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Portugal
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0586-2) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Data Entry Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1770647
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3741/3742 Data Entry Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1976 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
61
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0586-2) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Data Entry Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1770652
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3741/3742 Data Entry Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1976 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
61
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japan
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0586-2) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Data Entry Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1770654
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3741/3742 Data Entry Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1976 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
61
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Brazil
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0586-2) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Data Entry Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1770656
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3741/3742 Data Entry Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1976 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
61
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Belgium
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0586-2) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Data Entry Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1770658
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3741/3742 Data Entry Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1976 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
61
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Denmark
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0586-2) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Data Entry Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1770660
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3741/3742 Data Entry Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1976 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
61
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Swedish/Finnish
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0586-2) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Data Entry Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1770662
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3741/3742 Data Entry Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1976 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
61
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Norway
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0586-2) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Data Entry Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1770664
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3741/3742 Data Entry Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1976 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
61
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0586-2) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Data Entry Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1770666
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3741/3742 Data Entry Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1976 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
61
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spain
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0586-2) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Data Entry Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1770668
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3741/3742 Data Entry Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1976 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
61
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Italy
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0586-2) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Data Entry Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1770670
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3741/3742 Data Entry Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1976 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
61
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
France QWERTY
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0586-2) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Data Entry Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1770672
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3741/3742 Data Entry Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1976 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
61
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Germany
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0586-2) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Data Entry Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1770674
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3741/3742 Data Entry Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1976 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
61
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
German w/ English
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0586-2) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Data Entry Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1770676
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3741/3742 Data Entry Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1976 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
61
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Latin America
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0586-2) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Data Entry Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1770682
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3741/3742 Data Entry Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1976 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
61
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
ASCII
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0586-2) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Data Entry Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1770687
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3741/3742 Data Entry Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1976 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
61
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
France AZERTY
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0586-2) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Data Entry Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1854440
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3741/3742 Data Entry Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1976 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
63
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Katakana
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0586-2) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Proof Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1864959
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3741/3742 Data Entry Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1976 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
61
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3742 Dual Data Station Parts Catalog (#S131-0586-2) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 4978 Display Station 122-key Extended Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4412501
RPQRPQ
Request Price Quotation
The number used to indicate that this keyboard was a special order or modified from the factory but doesn't count as an entirely new product.
D02056
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 4978 Extended Keyboard
NicknameNickname
A [keyboard enthusiast] community given name for this keyboard. It can be a shortening of its name and properties, a more abstract term, a real-life reference, or metonymy.
Beamship
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM Canada
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1978
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
IBM silver square badge
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
122
Earliest Recorded PriceEarliest Recorded Price
The earliest price, currency and year of record found for this keyboard part number.
$1030 in 1984
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
Feature number 4412533
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM Series/1 System Summary (#GA34-0035-6) [source: bitsavers]
Web: https://www.flickr.com/photos/142937728@N05/47007500141/in/album-72157676285370487/
Web: https://deskthority.net/viewtopic.php?t=16725
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/resources/docs/pdf/IBM_noid_scm-hardware-prices_1984_bitsavers.pdf

IBM 5253/5254 Display Station Electronic Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7363830
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 5253/5254 Electronic Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5253 Display Station (IBM 5520 family)
IBM 5254 Dual Display Station (IBM 5520 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM Canada
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DA-15 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
82
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
92-character US English
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal speaker
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 1606000
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=39ab73bb5d22ba69

IBM 5253/5254 Display Station Electronic Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7363831
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 5253/5254 Electronic Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 5253 Display Station (IBM 5520 family)
IBM 5254 Dual Display Station (IBM 5520 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM Canada
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Grey straightened-style fixed DA-15 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
84
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
96-character US English
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Internal speaker
Additional NotesAdditional Notes
Extra notes about this keyboard that may be of interest or are important to know.
MFI number 7361407
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Web: https://wiki.keyboard.institute/doku.php?id=keyboard:ibm_5253_5254

IBM 5251/5252 Display Station Typewriter Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7362149
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752692
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 5251/5252 Typewriter Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
White straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-4) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-5) [source: VT100.net]

IBM 5251/5252 Display Station Typewriter Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7362247
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752693
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 5251/5252 Typewriter Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
White straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Belgium
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-4) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-5) [source: VT100.net]

IBM 5251/5252 Display Station Typewriter Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7362250
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752694
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 5251/5252 Typewriter Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
White straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Brazil
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-4) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-5) [source: VT100.net]

IBM 5251/5252 Display Station Typewriter Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7362251
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752695
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 5251/5252 Typewriter Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
White straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Denmark
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-4) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-5) [source: VT100.net]

IBM 5251/5252 Display Station Typewriter Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7362260
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752697
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 5251/5252 Typewriter Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
White straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Finland
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-4) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-5) [source: VT100.net]

IBM 5251/5252 Display Station Typewriter Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7362265
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752698
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 5251/5252 Typewriter Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
White straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
France QWERTY
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-4) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-5) [source: VT100.net]

IBM 5251/5252 Display Station Typewriter Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7362266
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752709
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 5251/5252 Typewriter Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
White straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
France AZERTY
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-4) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-5) [source: VT100.net]

IBM 5251/5252 Display Station Typewriter Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7362269
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752699
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 5251/5252 Typewriter Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
White straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Germany
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-4) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-5) [source: VT100.net]

IBM 5251/5252 Display Station Typewriter Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7362276
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752700
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 5251/5252 Typewriter Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
White straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
International
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-4) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-5) [source: VT100.net]

IBM 5251/5252 Display Station Typewriter Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7362283
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752701
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 5251/5252 Typewriter Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
White straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Italy
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-4) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-5) [source: VT100.net]

IBM 5251/5252 Display Station Typewriter Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7362292
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752702
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 5251/5252 Typewriter Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
White straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
86
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japan, English
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-4) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-5) [source: VT100.net]

IBM 5251/5252 Display Station Typewriter Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7362293
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752713
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 5251/5252 Typewriter Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
White straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
86
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japan, Katakana
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-4) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-5) [source: VT100.net]

IBM 5251/5252 Display Station Typewriter Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7362294
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752703
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 5251/5252 Typewriter Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
White straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Norway
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-4) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-5) [source: VT100.net]

IBM 5251/5252 Display Station Typewriter Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7362295
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752704
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 5251/5252 Typewriter Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
White straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Portugal
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-4) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-5) [source: VT100.net]

IBM 5251/5252 Display Station Typewriter Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7362300
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752705
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 5251/5252 Typewriter Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
White straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spain
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-4) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-5) [source: VT100.net]

IBM 5251/5252 Display Station Typewriter Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7362301
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752706
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 5251/5252 Typewriter Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
White straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish Speaking
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-4) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-5) [source: VT100.net]

IBM 5251/5252 Display Station Typewriter Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7362316
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752707
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 5251/5252 Typewriter Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
White straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Sweden
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-4) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-5) [source: VT100.net]

IBM 5251/5252 Display Station Typewriter Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7362349
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752708
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 5251/5252 Typewriter Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
White straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-4) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-5) [source: VT100.net]

IBM 5251/5252 Display Station Typewriter Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7362353
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752710
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 5251/5252 Typewriter Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
White straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French Canadian
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-4) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-5) [source: VT100.net]

IBM 5251/5252 Display Station Typewriter Keyboard

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
7362375
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752730
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 5251/5252 Typewriter Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q2
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
White straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
83
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
ASCII
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-4) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 5251 Display Station Models 1 and 11 Parts Catalog (#S131-0620-5) [source: VT100.net]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1142701
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1645102
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1142702
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1762694
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278/3279 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1742700
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1645100
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM Canada
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends & PEI spacebar
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]
Doc: IBM 3279 Color Display Station Models 2A, 2B, 3A, and 3B Maintenance Information (#SY33-0069-3) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1742701
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1645102
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
EBCDIC (WTC); Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1742702
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1762694
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
EBCDIC (WTC); Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1742704
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1648531
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US; ASCII
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1742705
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1645101
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1742706
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752918
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US; APL
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1742707
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752462
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US; ASCII
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1742708
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1648552
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US; Typewriter/overlay prog. char. set
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1742709
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
5189580
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US; Text
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1742710
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1645102
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US & EBCDIC (WTC); Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]
Web: https://deskthority.net/viewtopic.php?p=504567#p504567
Web: https://deskthority.net/viewtopic.php?t=1113

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1742711
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1762694
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US & EBCDIC (WTC); Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278/3279 Display Station 87-key Typewriter/APL Keyboard with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1742718
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752918
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 3278 Model 2A Display Console (IBM 3270 family)
IBM 3279 Model 2C Color Display Console (IBM 3270 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM Canada
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US; APL
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=a5edee11f1073f2e

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1742719
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
5189580
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US; Text
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
1742721
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1645101
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419179
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627044
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US; APL attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419183
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627058
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
United Kingdom; APL attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419187
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627045
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
EBCDIC (WTC); APL attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419191
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627046
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Austria/Germany; APL attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419195
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627047
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Belgium; APL attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419199
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627048
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Brazil; APL attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419203
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627049
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Denmark; APL attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419207
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627050
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Finland; APL attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419211
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627052
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
France (AZERTY); APL attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419215
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627051
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French QWERTY; APL attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419219
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627053
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
International; APL attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419223
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627054
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Italy; APL attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419227
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627055
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Portugal; APL attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419231
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627056
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spain; APL attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419235
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627057
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish speaking; APL attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419239
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627059
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Canadian French; APL attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419243
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627060
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Norway; APL attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419247
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627061
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Sweden; APL attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278/3279 Display Station 87-key Attribute Select Typewriter Keyboard without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419251
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627024
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
Known Host SystemsKnown Host Systems
A list of known host systems this keyboard could be bundled with or at least designed specifically to operate with. This could be terminals, desktop PCs or laptops.
IBM 3278 Model 2A Display Console (IBM 3270 family)
IBM 3279 Model 2C Color Display Console (IBM 3270 family)
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM Canada
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
US; Typewriter attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]
Web: https://sharktastica.co.uk/archive/view?id=8008bde8d06d2901

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419255
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627038
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
United Kingdom; Typewriter attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419259
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627025
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
EBCDIC (WTC); Typewriter attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419263
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627026
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Austria/Germany; Typewriter attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419267
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627027
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Belgium; Typewriter attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419271
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627028
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Brazil; Typewriter attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419275
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627029
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Denmark; Typewriter attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419279
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627030
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Finland; Typewriter attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419283
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627032
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
France (AZERTY); Typewriter attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419287
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627031
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French QWERTY; Typewriter attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419291
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627033
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
International; Typewriter attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419295
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627034
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Italy; Typewriter attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419299
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627035
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Portugal; Typewriter attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419303
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627036
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spain; Typewriter attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419307
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627037
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish speaking; Typewriter attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419311
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627039
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Canadian French; Typewriter attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419315
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627040
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Norway; Typewriter attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419319
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627041
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Sweden; Typewriter attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419323
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627042
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
88
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japan; Typewriter attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419327
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627043
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
88
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japan Katakana; Typewriter attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419331
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627062
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
88
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japan; APL attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4419335
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
8627063
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
88
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japan Katakana; APL attribute select
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941693
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1755761
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
88
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japan Katakana; Typewriter/overlay prog. char. set
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941771
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650668
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Belgium; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941772
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650685
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Belgium; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941773
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752424
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Belgium; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941775
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650703
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Belgium; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941776
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752919
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Belgium; APL
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941777
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650669
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Brazil; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941778
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650686
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Brazil; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941779
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752425
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Brazil; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941781
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650704
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Brazil; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941782
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752920
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Brazil; APL
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941783
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650684
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Canadian French; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941784
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650702
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Canadian French; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941785
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752441
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Canadian French; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941787
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650719
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Canadian French; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941788
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1755757
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Canadian French; APL
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941789
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650670
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Denmark; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941790
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650687
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Denmark; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941791
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752426
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Denmark; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941793
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650705
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Denmark; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941794
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752921
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Denmark; APL
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941795
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650671
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
EBCDIC (WTC); Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941799
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650706
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
EBCDIC (WTC); Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941800
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752922
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
EBCDIC (WTC); APL
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941801
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650672
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Finland; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941802
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650689
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Finland; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941803
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752428
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Finland; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941805
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650707
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Finland; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941806
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752923
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Finland; APL
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941807
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650673
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French (QWERTY); Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941808
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650690
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French (QWERTY); Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941809
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752429
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French (QWERTY); Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941811
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650708
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French QWERTY; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941812
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1755746
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French QWERTY; APL
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941813
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650674
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Austria/Germany; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941814
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650691
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Austria/Germany; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941815
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752430
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Austria/Germany; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941817
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650709
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Austria/Germany; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941818
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1755747
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Austria/Germany; APL
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941819
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650676
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Italy; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941820
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650693
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Italy; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941821
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752432
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Italy; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941823
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650711
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Italy; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941824
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1755749
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Italy; APL
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941825
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650675
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
International; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941826
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650692
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
International; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941827
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752431
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
International; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941829
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650710
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
International; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941830
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1755748
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
International; APL
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941831
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650737
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
76
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japan/English; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941832
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650694
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
76
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japan/English; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941833
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752433
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
76
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japan/English; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941835
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1648549
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
76
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japan/Katakana; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941836
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1648550
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
76
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japan/Katakana; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941837
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650739
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
88
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japan; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941838
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1755759
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
88
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japan; APL
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941839
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1648551
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
88
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japan Katakana; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941840
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1755760
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
88
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japan Katakana; APL
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941841
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650677
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Norway; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941842
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650695
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Norway; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941843
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752434
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Norway; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941845
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650712
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Norway; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941846
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1755750
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Norway; APL
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941847
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650678
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Portugal; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941848
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650696
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Portugal; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941849
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752435
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Portugal; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941851
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650713
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Portugal; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941852
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1755751
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Portugal; APL
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941853
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650679
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spain; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941854
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650697
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spain; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941855
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752436
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spain; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941857
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650714
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spain; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941858
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1755752
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spain; APL
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941859
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650680
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish Speaking; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941860
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650698
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish Speaking; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941861
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752437
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish Speaking; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941863
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650715
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish speaking; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941864
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1755753
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish speaking; APL
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941865
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650681
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Sweden; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941866
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650699
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Sweden; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941867
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752438
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Sweden; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941869
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650716
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Sweden; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941870
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1755754
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Sweden; APL
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941871
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650682
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941872
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650700
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941873
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752439
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941875
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650717
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
United Kingdom; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941876
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1755755
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
United Kingdom; APL
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941877
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752427
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French (AZERTY); Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941878
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650688
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French (AZERTY); Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941879
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752897
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French (AZERTY); Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941881
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752764
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
France (AZERTY); Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941882
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1755758
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
France (AZERTY); APL
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941883
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752899
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Belgium; Typewriter/overlay prog. char. set
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941884
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752900
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Brazil; Typewriter/overlay prog. char. set
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941885
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752915
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Canadian French; Typewriter/overlay prog. char. set
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941886
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752901
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Denmark; Typewriter/overlay prog. char. set
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941887
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752902
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
EBCDIC (WTC); Typewriter/overlay prog. char. set
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941888
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752903
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Finland; Typewriter/overlay prog. char. set
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941889
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752904
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
French QWERTY; Typewriter/overlay prog. chat. set
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941890
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752905
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Austria/Germany; Typewriter/overlay prog. char. set
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941891
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752907
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Italy; Typewriter/overlay prog. char. set
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941892
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752906
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
International; Typewriter/overlay prog. char. set
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941894
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752461
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
88
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japan; Typewriter/overlay prog. char. set
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941895
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752908
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Norway; Typewriter/overlay prog. char. set
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941896
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752909
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Portugal; Typewriter/overlay prog. char. set
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941897
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752910
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spain; Typewriter/overlay prog. char. set
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941898
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752911
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish speaking; Typewriter/overlay prog. char. set
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941899
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752912
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Sweden; Typewriter/overlay prog. char. set
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941900
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752913
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
United Kingdom; Typewriter/overlay prog. char. set
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly without Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941901
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752916
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
France (AZERTY); Typewriter/overlay prog. char. set
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941903
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650685
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Belgium; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941904
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752424
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Belgium; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941905
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650686
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Brazil; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941906
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752425
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Brazil; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941907
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650702
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Canadian French; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941908
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752441
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Canadian French; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941909
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650687
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Denmark; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941910
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752426
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Denmark; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941913
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650689
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Finland; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941914
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752428
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Finland; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941915
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650690
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
France (QWERTY); Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941916
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752429
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
France (QWERTY); Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941917
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650691
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Austria/Germany; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941918
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752430
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Austria/Germany; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941919
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650693
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Italy; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941920
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752432
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Italy; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941921
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650692
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
International; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941922
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752431
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
International; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941923
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650694
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
76
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japan/English; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941924
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752433
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
76
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japan/English; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941925
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650695
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Norway; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941926
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752434
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Norway; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941927
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650696
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Portugal; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941928
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752435
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Portugal; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941929
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650697
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spain; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941930
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752436
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spain; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941931
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650698
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish Speaking; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941932
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752437
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Spanish Speaking; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941933
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650699
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Sweden; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941934
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752438
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Sweden; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941935
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650700
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941936
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752439
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
UK; Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941937
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650688
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
France (AZERTY); Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941938
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1752897
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
France (AZERTY); Data Entry II
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941939
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1648550
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
76
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Japan/Katakana; Data Entry I
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941940
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650668
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 75-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
75
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Belgium; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]

IBM 3276/3278 Final Keyboard Assembly with Num. Lock

Part NumberPart Number
The number used to describe this keyboard's specific release; usually specific for a target region, language or SKU, etc.
4941941
Known Assembly Part NumbersKnown Assembly Part Numbers
Possible numbers found inside this keyboard used to indicate its internal assembly and the keycaps on it.
1650703
TypeType
A designation from my own type naming scheme used to categorise this keyboard with or from others by their common features and market intent but may/may not be derived from official names.
Model B 3251/3276/3278/3279/8775 87-key Base Keyboard
OEMOEM
Possible companies responsible for making this keyboard for the company marketing it.
IBM
Key-switchesKey-switches
The name of the known switching mechanism that lies under this keyboard's keys.
IBM beam springs
Earliest AppearanceEarliest Appearance
The year (and possibly the quarter) that this keyboard part number was introduced, first observed, first recorded or the first example found.
1979 Q3
Original KeycapsOriginal Keycaps
The keyboard's original keycaps' material and text/symbol printing technique.
SAN with double-shot legends
Casing ColourCasing Colour
The original colour of this keyboard's outer casing. For keyboards whose casing materials are known to yellow, this will refer to the original colour before such transformation occurs.
Pearl White
BrandingBranding
The possible branding and logo styles found on this keyboard part number. This could be multiple styles at once or possible styles found over time.
None
FeetFeet
The style of this keyboard's flip-out or extendable feet. If applicable, this may also state how many levels of height adjustment are available and whether the feet could be rubberised.
None
ConnectionConnection
The keyboard-to-host connection. This is could be a description of a cable (its colour, whether its coiled, whether its detachable, and what connector is at its end) or the name of a wireless technology.
Black straightened-style fixed DB-25 cable
Key CountKey Count
The number of keys that this keyboard originally had.
87
Layout/LanguageLayout/Language
Image of Layout/LanguageThe original regional/language layout this keyboard was configured as. Both the language and the standardised key layout may be listed, and in the case of both being known or defined, it will be styled as language then standard.
Belgium; Typewriter
Accessories & Other FeaturesAccessories & Other Features
Other notable features you may want to know about such as charging cables (if keyboard is wireless), fingerprint reader, card reader, solenoid, DIP switches, etc.
Clicker assembly (internal solenoid)
Compartment for host computer's/terminal's guide
Source(s)Source(s)
Documents ("Doc"), websites and/or webpages ("Web") that were used as a source of information for this keyboard part number. Examples of this keyboard part number I own ("ASK") will also be included as sources.
Doc: IBM 3270 Information Display System 3276/3278 Keyboard Assembly Parts Catalog (#S126-0029-0) [source: bitsavers]
Page 1Page 3Page 4Page 5Page 6Page 7Page 8Page 9Page 10Page 11Page 12Page 13Page 14